1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
104 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry: GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_TLS_GD
105 or GOT_TLS_LDM. An LDM GOT entry will be a local symbol entry with
107 unsigned char tls_type
;
109 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
111 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
115 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
116 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
118 struct mips_got_page_range
120 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
121 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
122 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
125 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
126 relocations against a given symbol. */
127 struct mips_got_page_entry
129 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
131 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
133 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
134 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
135 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
139 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
143 /* The number of global .got entries. */
144 unsigned int global_gotno
;
145 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
146 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
147 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
148 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
149 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
150 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
151 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
152 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
153 unsigned int local_gotno
;
154 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
155 unsigned int page_gotno
;
156 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
157 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
158 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
159 struct htab
*got_entries
;
160 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
161 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
162 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
163 unless multi-got was necessary. */
164 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
165 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
166 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
167 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
168 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
169 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
170 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
171 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
172 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
175 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
177 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
180 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
183 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
184 create and merge bfd's gots. */
186 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
188 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count
;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages
;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count
;
213 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
215 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
217 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
219 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
223 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
224 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
226 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
228 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
232 struct _mips_elf_section_data
234 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
241 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
242 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
244 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
245 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
246 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
247 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
249 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
250 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
251 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
252 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
253 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
254 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
256 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
257 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
258 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
259 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
260 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
263 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
264 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
265 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
267 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
270 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
271 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
274 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
276 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
280 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
282 to a separate trampoline section.
284 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
285 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
286 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
287 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
288 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
289 asection
*stub_section
;
291 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
294 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
295 in H->root.root.u.def. */
296 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
299 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
301 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
302 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
303 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
304 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
305 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
306 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
307 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
309 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
311 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
312 the dynamic symbols. */
314 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
316 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
319 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
320 symbol with a GOT entry. */
321 long min_got_dynindx
;
322 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
323 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
324 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
325 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
326 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
327 symbol without a GOT entry. */
328 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
331 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
332 the global hash table. */
334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
336 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
338 /* External symbol information. */
341 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
342 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
344 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
346 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
348 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
349 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
352 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
353 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
356 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
357 being called returns a floating point value. */
358 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
362 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
364 #define GOT_TLS_TYPE 7
365 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
366 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
367 unsigned char tls_ie_type
;
368 unsigned char tls_gd_type
;
370 /* These fields are only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
371 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
372 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
373 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. */
374 bfd_vma tls_ie_got_offset
;
375 bfd_vma tls_gd_got_offset
;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
418 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
420 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
421 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
423 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
424 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
426 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
427 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
428 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
430 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
433 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
434 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
436 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
437 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
439 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
440 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
442 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
443 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
445 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
456 /* The master GOT information. */
457 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
459 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
461 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
463 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
464 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
466 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
467 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
469 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
470 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
472 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
475 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
476 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
478 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
479 See the comment above that structure for details. */
480 asection
*strampoline
;
482 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
486 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
487 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
488 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
489 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
491 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
493 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
496 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
498 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
499 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
500 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
502 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
503 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
505 /* The usual link-wide information. */
506 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
509 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
513 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
515 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
517 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
518 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
520 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
524 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
526 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
527 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
529 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
530 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
550 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
553 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
554 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
558 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
563 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
564 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
565 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
569 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
571 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
574 "_procedure_string_table",
575 "_procedure_table_size",
579 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
584 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
585 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
586 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
587 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
588 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
589 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
598 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
599 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
600 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
604 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
605 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
606 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
607 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
608 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
609 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
614 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
615 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
616 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
617 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
618 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
626 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
632 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
634 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
636 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
637 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
638 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
639 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
640 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
641 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
642 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
643 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
645 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
646 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
647 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
648 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
649 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
651 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
652 has different meaning for each type:
655 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
656 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
657 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
658 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
661 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
662 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
663 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
664 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
666 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
667 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
668 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
669 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
671 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
672 loader for use by the static exception system. */
674 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
675 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
676 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
677 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
678 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
679 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
680 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
681 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
682 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
683 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
685 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
687 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
688 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
690 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
691 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
693 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
694 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
695 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
697 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
698 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
700 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
701 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
702 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
703 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
704 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
706 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
707 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
709 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
710 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
711 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
712 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
713 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
715 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
716 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
717 for RM9000 for now. */
718 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
719 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
721 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
722 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
724 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
726 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
727 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
729 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
731 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
732 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
733 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
735 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
736 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
737 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
739 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
740 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
741 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
743 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
744 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
746 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
747 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
748 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
750 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
751 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
752 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
754 /* The name of the options section. */
755 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
756 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
758 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
759 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
761 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
763 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
765 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
766 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
768 /* The name of the stub section. */
769 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
771 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
773 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
775 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
777 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
779 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
780 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
781 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
783 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
784 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
785 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
787 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
788 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
789 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
791 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
792 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
795 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
796 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
797 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
799 /* Get word-sized data. */
800 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
801 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
803 /* Put out word-sized data. */
804 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
806 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
807 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
809 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
810 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
811 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
813 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
814 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
815 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
817 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
818 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
820 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
822 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
824 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
825 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
826 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
827 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
829 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
830 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
832 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
833 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
835 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
836 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
837 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
839 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
841 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
843 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
844 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
846 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
847 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
848 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
850 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
851 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
852 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
853 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
854 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
855 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
856 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
858 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
859 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
861 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
862 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
864 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
867 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
868 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
869 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
870 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
873 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
874 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
875 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
876 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
877 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
878 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
879 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
880 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
882 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
883 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
885 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
887 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
888 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
891 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
892 floating point arguments.
894 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
895 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
896 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
897 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
898 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
899 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
900 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
901 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
903 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
904 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
905 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
906 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
907 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
908 stub should be discarded.
910 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
911 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
912 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
913 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
914 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
915 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
916 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
919 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
920 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
921 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
923 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
925 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
926 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
927 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
929 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
930 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
931 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
933 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
934 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
936 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
937 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
938 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
939 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
940 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
941 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
942 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
943 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
946 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
947 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
948 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
950 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
951 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
952 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
953 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
954 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
955 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
956 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
957 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
960 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
961 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
962 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
964 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
965 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
966 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
967 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
968 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
969 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
970 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
971 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
974 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
975 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
977 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
978 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
979 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
980 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
983 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
984 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
986 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
987 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
988 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
989 0x00000000, /* nop */
990 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
994 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
995 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
997 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
998 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
999 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1000 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1001 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1002 0x00000000, /* nop */
1003 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1004 0x00000000 /* nop */
1007 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1008 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1010 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1011 0x00000000, /* nop */
1012 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1013 0x00000000, /* nop */
1014 0x00000000, /* nop */
1015 0x00000000 /* nop */
1018 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1019 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1021 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1022 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1025 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1028 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1030 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1031 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1034 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1037 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1039 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1042 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1044 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1045 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1046 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1049 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1051 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1052 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1054 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1057 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1058 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1060 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1061 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1064 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1066 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1067 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1069 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1073 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1075 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1076 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1078 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1081 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1083 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1084 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1085 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1087 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1088 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1090 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1093 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1095 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1097 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1098 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1099 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1103 /* Set local fields. */
1104 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1105 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1106 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1109 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1110 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1111 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1112 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1113 ret
->tls_ie_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1114 ret
->tls_gd_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1115 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1116 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1117 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1118 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1119 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1120 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1121 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1122 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1125 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1128 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1131 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1133 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1138 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1140 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1142 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1143 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1145 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1148 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1151 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1154 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1155 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1158 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1159 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1162 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1165 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1166 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1168 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1169 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1172 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1173 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1176 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1177 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1179 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1181 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1182 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1183 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1186 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1187 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1188 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1189 goto error_return; \
1190 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1191 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1192 goto error_return; \
1195 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1196 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1197 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1198 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1199 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1200 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1202 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1203 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1204 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1205 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1206 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1214 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1216 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1218 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1219 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1220 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1221 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1222 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1223 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1224 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1225 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1226 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1227 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1228 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1230 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1231 free (debug
->ssext
);
1232 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1233 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1234 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1235 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1236 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1237 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1241 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1244 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1246 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1253 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1254 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1256 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1259 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1262 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1263 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1264 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1266 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1267 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1269 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1271 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1272 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1276 bfd_size_type count
;
1277 unsigned long sindex
;
1281 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1289 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1291 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1292 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1295 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1297 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1301 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1304 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1305 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1309 size
= sizeof (char *);
1310 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1314 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1315 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1316 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1320 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1323 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1324 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1327 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1330 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1331 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1333 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1334 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1335 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1336 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1337 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1338 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1339 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1340 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1341 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1342 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1344 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1345 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1349 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1350 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1351 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1354 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1358 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1361 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1363 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1364 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1365 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1366 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1368 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1369 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1370 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1372 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1374 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1376 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1378 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1379 matters, but someday it might). */
1380 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1409 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1410 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1413 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1415 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1418 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1419 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1422 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1425 /* Create a new symbol. */
1426 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1428 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1429 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1433 /* Make it a local function. */
1434 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1435 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1437 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1441 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1442 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1446 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1447 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1450 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1456 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1457 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1458 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1459 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1460 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1462 /* Create a new symbol. */
1463 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1465 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1466 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1470 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1471 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1472 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1473 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1474 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1475 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1479 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1480 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1483 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1487 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1488 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1489 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1490 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1491 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1494 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1495 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1496 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1498 static unsigned long
1499 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1500 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1501 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1502 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1504 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1505 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1507 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1508 one in a compound relocation. */
1509 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1510 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1511 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1513 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1514 the traditional behavior. */
1515 if (relocs
< relend
)
1516 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1521 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1525 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1526 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1528 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1529 objects try to call them. */
1530 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1531 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1533 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1534 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1537 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1538 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1540 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1541 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1542 being included in the link. */
1543 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1544 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1545 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1546 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1549 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1550 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1552 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1553 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1554 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1555 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1556 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1557 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1558 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1561 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1562 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1564 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1565 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1566 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1567 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1568 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1569 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1570 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1574 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1577 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1579 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1581 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1582 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1583 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1587 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1589 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1591 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1592 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1593 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1594 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1595 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1596 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1599 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1600 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1604 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1605 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1608 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1610 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1614 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1615 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1616 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1617 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1623 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1624 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1625 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1626 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1627 entry points are of interest here. */
1630 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1632 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1633 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1634 && h
->root
.def_regular
1635 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1636 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1637 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1638 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1639 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1642 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1643 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1646 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1649 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1651 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1652 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1657 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1658 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1662 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1663 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1664 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1667 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1668 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1670 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1672 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1675 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1679 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1680 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1683 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1685 /* Create the section. */
1686 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1687 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1688 input_section
->output_section
);
1692 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1693 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1694 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1697 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1699 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1700 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1701 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1702 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1704 /* Allocate room for it. */
1709 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1710 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1711 the function symbol to it. */
1714 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1715 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1717 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1720 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1724 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1725 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1728 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1729 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1730 input_section
->output_section
);
1731 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1733 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1736 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1737 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1738 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1739 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1741 /* Allocate room for it. */
1746 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1747 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1750 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1751 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1754 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1755 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1760 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1761 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1765 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1766 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1770 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1774 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1777 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1778 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1782 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1783 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1789 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1790 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1791 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1792 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1794 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1795 return (use_trampoline_p
1796 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1797 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1800 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1801 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1804 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1806 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1808 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1809 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1810 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1812 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1814 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1815 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1816 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1819 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1820 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1821 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1822 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1824 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1826 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1827 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1829 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1838 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1839 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1842 The format of these instructions is:
1844 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1845 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1846 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1848 +-----------------------------------------------+
1850 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1851 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1853 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1854 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1855 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1856 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1857 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1858 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1859 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1860 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1861 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1862 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1865 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1866 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1867 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1868 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1869 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1870 value as two 16-bit values.
1872 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1876 +--------+----------------------+
1880 +--------+----------------------+
1883 +----------+------+-------------+
1887 +----------+--------------------+
1888 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1889 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1891 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1892 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1893 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1894 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1895 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1897 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1898 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1899 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1902 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1903 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1904 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1905 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1906 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1908 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1910 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1911 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1912 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1913 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1914 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1916 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1919 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1920 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1921 little-endian system. */
1923 static inline bfd_boolean
1924 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1929 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1930 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1931 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1934 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1935 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1937 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1938 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1939 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1948 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1950 static inline bfd_boolean
1951 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1953 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1956 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1957 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1958 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1960 static inline bfd_boolean
1961 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1963 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1964 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1965 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1968 static inline bfd_boolean
1969 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1971 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1972 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1973 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1976 static inline bfd_boolean
1977 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1979 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1980 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1981 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1984 static inline bfd_boolean
1985 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1987 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1990 static inline bfd_boolean
1991 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1993 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
1996 static inline bfd_boolean
1997 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1999 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2002 static inline bfd_boolean
2003 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2005 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2008 static inline bfd_boolean
2009 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2011 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2014 static inline bfd_boolean
2015 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2017 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2020 static inline bfd_boolean
2021 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2023 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2026 static inline bfd_boolean
2027 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2029 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2030 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2031 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2034 static inline bfd_boolean
2035 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2037 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2038 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2039 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2042 static inline bfd_boolean
2043 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2045 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2048 static inline bfd_boolean
2049 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2051 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2052 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2053 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2056 static inline bfd_boolean
2057 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2059 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2060 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2061 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2062 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2065 static inline bfd_boolean
2066 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2068 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2069 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2070 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2073 static inline bfd_boolean
2074 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2076 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2077 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2078 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2081 static inline bfd_boolean
2082 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2084 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2085 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2086 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2090 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2091 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2093 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2095 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2098 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2099 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2100 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2101 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2102 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2103 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2104 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2105 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2107 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2108 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2109 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2113 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2114 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2116 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2118 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2121 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2122 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2124 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2127 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2129 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2130 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2134 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2135 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2136 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2138 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2139 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2142 bfd_reloc_status_type
2143 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2144 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2145 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2149 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2151 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2154 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2156 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2157 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2159 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2160 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2162 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2163 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2165 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2167 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2168 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2169 an external symbol. */
2171 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2172 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2174 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2176 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2178 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2179 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2183 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2186 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2188 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2191 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2192 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2193 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2198 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2200 asection
*input_section
;
2204 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2206 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2208 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2209 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2210 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2212 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2213 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2214 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2215 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2217 bfd_reloc_status_type
2218 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2219 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2220 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2221 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2223 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2225 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2226 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2228 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2230 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2232 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2234 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2235 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2238 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2239 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2241 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2244 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2245 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2246 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2248 bfd_reloc_status_type
2249 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2250 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2251 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2253 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2254 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2255 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2256 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2257 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2258 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2261 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2262 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2265 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2266 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2267 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2269 bfd_reloc_status_type
2270 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2271 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2272 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2275 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2277 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2278 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2280 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2282 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2283 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2286 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2288 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2289 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2291 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2293 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2294 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2295 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2296 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2297 has a rightshift of 0. */
2298 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2299 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2300 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2301 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2302 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2303 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2305 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2306 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2307 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2309 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2310 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2312 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2315 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2319 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2320 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2324 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2325 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2326 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2328 bfd_reloc_status_type
2329 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2330 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2331 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2332 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2335 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2336 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2338 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2340 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2341 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2343 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2345 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2347 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2348 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2349 offset or address. */
2350 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2351 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2356 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2357 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2358 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2359 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2361 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2362 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2363 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2367 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2368 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2369 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2370 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2371 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2372 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2375 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2377 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2378 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2380 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2381 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2383 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2385 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2388 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2395 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2398 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2399 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2402 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2405 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2406 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2410 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2411 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2418 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2419 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2423 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2425 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2426 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2430 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2431 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2435 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2436 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2437 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2438 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2439 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2440 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2444 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2445 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2446 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2449 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2452 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2453 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2454 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2455 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2456 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2457 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2461 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2462 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2464 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2465 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2469 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2472 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2473 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2474 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2475 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2476 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2479 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2480 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2482 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2483 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2484 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2485 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2486 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2487 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2488 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2492 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2493 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2495 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2496 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2497 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2498 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2499 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2500 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2501 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2504 /* Swap in an options header. */
2507 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2508 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2510 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2511 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2512 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2513 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2516 /* Swap out an options header. */
2519 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2520 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2522 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2523 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2524 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2525 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2528 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2529 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2532 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2534 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2535 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2538 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2541 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2545 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2547 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2552 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2555 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2556 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2559 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2560 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2562 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2563 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2564 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2565 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2567 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2569 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2572 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2574 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2583 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2584 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2585 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2586 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2587 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2588 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2589 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2590 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2591 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2592 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2593 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2594 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2595 when generating a final executable. */
2598 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2600 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2602 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2604 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2606 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2607 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2608 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2609 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2610 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2612 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2613 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2614 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2615 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2616 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2624 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2627 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2628 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2629 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2630 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2631 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2632 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2634 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2635 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2639 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2641 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2642 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2643 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2645 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2646 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2647 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2649 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2651 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2652 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2654 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2656 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2658 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2659 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2660 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2663 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2665 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2666 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2667 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2672 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2673 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2675 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2676 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2677 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2678 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2681 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2683 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2684 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2685 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2686 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2687 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2688 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2689 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2690 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2691 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2692 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2693 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2694 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2695 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2696 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2697 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2698 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2699 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2701 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2705 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2706 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2709 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2710 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2711 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2712 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2714 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2715 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2716 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2717 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2719 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2720 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2721 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2722 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2723 + sec
->output_offset
2724 + output_section
->vma
);
2726 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2732 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2733 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2735 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2737 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2738 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2739 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2741 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2744 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2745 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2746 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2747 + sec
->output_offset
2748 + output_section
->vma
);
2750 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2755 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2756 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2759 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2766 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2769 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2771 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2772 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2774 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2777 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2779 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2782 static INLINE hashval_t
2783 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2786 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2792 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2793 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2797 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2799 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2800 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2802 return (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2803 && e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2804 && (e1
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
) == (e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
)
2805 && (!e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2806 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2807 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2810 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2811 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2812 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2816 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2818 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2820 return (entry
->symndx
2821 + (((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
) == GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
2822 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
) == GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
2823 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2824 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
2825 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
2826 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2830 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2832 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2833 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2835 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2836 && (e1
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
) == (e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
)
2837 && ((e1
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
) == GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
2838 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2839 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2840 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
2841 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2845 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2847 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2849 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2850 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2854 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2856 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2858 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2859 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2860 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2863 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. MASTER_GOT_P
2864 is true if this is the master GOT rather than a multigot. */
2866 static struct mips_got_info
*
2867 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean master_got_p
)
2869 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2871 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2875 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
2877 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2878 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2880 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2881 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2882 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2885 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
2886 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2887 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
2893 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2894 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2895 if creation fails. */
2898 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2904 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2905 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2906 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2907 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2909 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2914 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2917 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2918 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2924 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
2927 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
2929 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
2932 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
2935 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
2941 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
2944 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
2961 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2962 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2966 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2967 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2970 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2971 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2973 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2974 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2977 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2979 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2980 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2986 switch (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
)
2989 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
2995 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3002 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
3003 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
3006 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
3008 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
3009 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3011 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
3012 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
3017 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
3018 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3021 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
3023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3024 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
3025 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3027 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3028 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3031 if (hm
->tls_gd_type
)
3033 if (hm
->tls_ie_type
)
3039 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
3040 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3043 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
3045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3046 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
3047 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3049 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3050 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3053 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_ie_type
, &hm
->root
);
3054 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_gd_type
, &hm
->root
);
3059 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3062 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3064 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3069 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3071 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3073 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3074 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3076 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3078 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3079 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3081 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3085 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3087 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3090 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3093 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
3094 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
3095 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3101 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3102 bfd_vma got_offset2
;
3103 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3105 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3114 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3116 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3117 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3118 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3121 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
3124 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3126 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3127 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3130 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3131 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3132 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3133 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3134 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3136 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3137 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3139 switch (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
)
3142 /* General Dynamic. */
3143 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3147 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3148 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3149 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3150 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3153 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3154 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3155 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3156 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3158 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3159 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3163 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3164 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3165 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3166 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3171 /* Initial Exec model. */
3175 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3176 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3178 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3179 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3181 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3182 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3183 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3184 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3187 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3188 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3192 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3193 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3194 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3195 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3196 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3199 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3200 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3202 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3203 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3204 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3205 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3212 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
3215 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation against H using the
3216 TLS model in *TLS_TYPE. The GOT entries for this symbol/model
3217 combination start at GOT_INDEX into ABFD's GOT. This function
3218 initializes the GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3221 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
3222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
3225 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
3229 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against H
3233 mips_tls_single_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
3236 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3237 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_ie_got_offset
, &h
->tls_ie_type
,
3239 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3240 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_gd_got_offset
, &h
->tls_gd_type
,
3245 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3246 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3247 will be negative. */
3250 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3253 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3254 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3256 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3257 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3259 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3261 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3262 section starts with reserved entries. */
3263 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3265 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3266 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3268 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3269 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3270 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3273 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3274 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3275 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3276 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3278 return got_address
- got_value
;
3281 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3282 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3283 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3284 offset can be found. */
3287 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3288 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3292 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3294 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3295 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3297 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3298 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3302 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3304 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && htab
->got_info
->next
== NULL
)
3305 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3306 hash table entry to track the index. */
3307 return mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd
, r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3309 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
3313 return entry
->gotidx
;
3316 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3319 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3320 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3322 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3324 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
3325 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3327 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3328 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3330 gg
= g
= htab
->got_info
;
3331 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
3333 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
3335 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
3337 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3338 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3342 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
3343 e
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3345 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
3347 BFD_ASSERT (p
&& p
->gotidx
> 0);
3351 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3352 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3353 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3354 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3355 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3356 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3357 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3359 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
,
3360 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
3367 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3368 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3370 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3372 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3373 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3374 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3376 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3377 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3378 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3379 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3380 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3381 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3383 got_index
= mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd
, r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
3387 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3388 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3389 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3391 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3392 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3393 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3395 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3400 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3401 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3402 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3403 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3404 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3407 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3408 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3410 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3411 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3413 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3414 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3415 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3420 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3423 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3428 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3429 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3430 symbol that binds locally. */
3433 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3434 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3436 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3438 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3439 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3440 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3441 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3443 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3445 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3446 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3447 same in all cases. */
3448 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3449 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3451 return entry
->gotidx
;
3456 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3460 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3461 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3463 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3467 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3468 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3471 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3472 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3474 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3477 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3478 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3479 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3482 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3483 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3484 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3485 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3486 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3489 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3490 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3491 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3493 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3494 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3498 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
3499 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3501 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, ibfd
);
3504 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, abfd
);
3505 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3508 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3510 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3513 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
3516 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3523 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3529 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
3530 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
3536 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3541 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3543 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3548 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3550 if (g
->assigned_gotno
> g
->local_gotno
)
3552 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
3553 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3554 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3555 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3560 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
3561 (htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
3563 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3564 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3566 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3569 bfd_vma got_address
;
3571 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3572 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3573 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3576 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3577 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3578 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3579 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3580 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3586 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3587 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3588 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3589 the current linking stage. */
3591 static bfd_size_type
3592 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3594 bfd_size_type count
;
3597 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3600 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3602 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3603 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3604 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3605 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3606 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3612 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3613 appear towards the end. */
3616 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3618 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3619 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3620 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3622 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3625 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3626 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3633 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3634 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3635 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3636 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3637 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3638 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3639 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3642 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3643 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3644 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3645 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3646 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3647 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3648 == g
->global_gotno
);
3650 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3651 table index in the GOT. */
3652 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3657 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3658 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3662 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3664 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3666 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3668 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3671 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3674 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3678 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3679 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3682 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3683 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3684 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3685 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3692 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3693 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3694 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3697 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3698 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3699 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3701 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3702 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3703 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3704 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3706 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3707 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3709 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3711 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3713 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3715 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3717 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3724 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3728 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3730 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3734 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3735 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3737 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3740 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3741 need to do it again. */
3745 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3752 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3754 if (entry
.tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3755 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3756 else if (entry
.tls_type
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
3757 hmips
->tls_ie_type
= entry
.tls_type
;
3758 else if (entry
.tls_type
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
3759 hmips
->tls_gd_type
= entry
.tls_type
;
3764 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3765 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3768 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3769 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3771 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3772 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3773 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3775 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3776 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3779 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3782 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3783 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3784 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3785 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
3786 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
3794 if (entry
.tls_type
!= GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3795 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
.tls_type
);
3796 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3798 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
3799 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
.tls_type
);
3803 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3805 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3810 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3815 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3818 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3820 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3823 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3824 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3826 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3827 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3828 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3831 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3832 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3835 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3836 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3837 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3838 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3841 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3842 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3845 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3847 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3849 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3850 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3854 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3856 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3859 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3864 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3865 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3866 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3870 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3872 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3873 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3874 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3876 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3877 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3878 a new singleton range. */
3880 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3882 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3886 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3887 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3888 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3896 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3897 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3899 /* Update the ranges. */
3900 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3901 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3902 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3904 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3906 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3907 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3908 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3911 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3914 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3915 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3916 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3918 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3919 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3925 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3928 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3932 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3937 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3940 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3941 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3946 /* Make room for a null element. */
3947 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3950 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3954 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3955 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3958 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3960 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3961 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3963 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3964 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3965 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3970 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3971 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3973 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3980 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3981 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3982 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3986 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3989 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3992 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3993 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3994 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3996 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3999 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4000 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4002 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4003 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4007 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
4018 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4019 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4022 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4024 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
4027 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
4028 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
4031 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
4032 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4033 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4034 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
4035 if (new_got
== NULL
)
4038 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
4039 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
4044 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4045 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4046 in the master GOT. */
4049 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4051 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4052 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4053 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4055 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4056 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4058 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4060 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4061 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4062 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4063 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4064 live in the local GOT.
4066 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4067 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4068 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4069 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4070 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4071 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4072 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4074 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4075 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4076 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4077 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4079 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4081 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4082 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4083 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4084 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4085 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4086 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4087 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4091 if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4092 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4098 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4101 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
4103 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
4104 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
4106 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
4109 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4112 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
4114 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
4115 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
4116 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
4117 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
4119 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
4122 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4123 be the master GOT data. */
4125 static struct mips_got_info
*
4126 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4128 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
4134 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
4135 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
4138 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4139 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4141 static struct mips_got_info
*
4142 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab
*bfd2got
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
4145 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
4148 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= input_bfd
;
4149 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
4150 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) *bfdgotp
;
4154 bfdgot
= ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)
4155 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
)));
4161 bfdgot
->bfd
= input_bfd
;
4162 bfdgot
->g
= mips_elf_create_got_info (input_bfd
, FALSE
);
4163 if (bfdgot
->g
== NULL
)
4170 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4171 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4172 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4176 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4178 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4179 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4180 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4182 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4189 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4190 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4191 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4196 if (entry
->tls_type
)
4197 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
);
4198 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
4199 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
4201 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
4206 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4207 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4210 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4212 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4213 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*) p
;
4214 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4216 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4223 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4224 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4225 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4229 g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4233 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4234 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4235 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4236 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4237 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4240 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
,
4241 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4242 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4244 struct mips_got_info
*from
= bfd2got
->g
;
4245 unsigned int estimate
;
4247 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4248 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4249 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4250 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4252 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4254 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4255 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4257 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4258 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4259 conservatively as well. */
4260 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4261 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4263 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4265 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4266 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4269 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4272 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4273 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, arg
);
4274 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4277 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
, arg
);
4278 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4281 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4282 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4284 htab_delete (from
->got_entries
);
4285 htab_delete (from
->got_page_entries
);
4289 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4290 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4291 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4292 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4293 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4294 and then make make the new got current. */
4297 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
4299 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
4300 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
4301 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4302 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4303 unsigned int estimate
;
4308 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4309 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4310 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4311 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4312 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4314 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4315 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4316 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4317 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4318 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4320 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4322 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4323 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4326 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
4330 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4331 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4336 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4339 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4344 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4345 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4346 overflows anyway. */
4347 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4353 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4354 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4357 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4359 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4360 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
4362 unsigned char tls_type
;
4364 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4365 tls_type
= (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_TYPE
);
4369 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
4371 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
4373 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4374 hash table entry to track its index. */
4375 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
4377 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_ie_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4379 entry
->d
.h
->tls_ie_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4380 entry
->d
.h
->tls_ie_got_offset
= next_index
;
4384 BFD_ASSERT (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_GD
);
4385 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_gd_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4387 entry
->d
.h
->tls_gd_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4388 entry
->d
.h
->tls_gd_got_offset
= next_index
;
4393 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
)
4395 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4396 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4397 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4398 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4400 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
4403 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
4405 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
4408 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4409 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (tls_type
);
4413 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4414 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4415 got) to the given VALUE.
4417 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4418 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4419 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4420 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4421 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4422 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4423 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4424 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4427 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4429 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4430 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
4431 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
4432 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4434 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
4435 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
4436 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
4437 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
4439 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4440 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4441 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4445 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
4446 if (arg
->info
->shared
4447 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4448 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4449 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4450 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
4453 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4459 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4460 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4461 lazy-binding stubs. */
4464 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4466 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4467 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4468 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4470 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4471 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4472 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4473 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4475 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4476 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4477 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4479 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4480 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4486 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4489 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4491 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4494 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
4498 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4502 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4503 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4506 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4507 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4510 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4511 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4513 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4514 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4515 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
4516 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4517 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4520 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4521 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4522 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4525 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
4526 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4527 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4530 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
4531 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4532 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4534 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4535 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4536 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4537 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4540 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4541 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
,
4543 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4546 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4547 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4548 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4549 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4550 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4551 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4552 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4553 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4555 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4557 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4558 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4559 to be the primary GOT. */
4560 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4561 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4564 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4565 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4566 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
, FALSE
);
4568 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4569 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4571 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4575 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4576 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4577 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4578 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4581 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
4584 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
4585 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
4592 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
4594 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
4598 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4599 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4600 those that are actually referenced. */
4601 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4602 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4604 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
4605 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4606 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4607 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4608 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4609 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4610 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4612 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4613 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4614 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4615 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4616 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4617 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4618 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4619 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4620 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4621 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4622 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4623 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4624 points back to the master GOT. */
4625 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4626 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4633 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4635 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4636 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4637 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4638 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4639 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4641 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4642 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4643 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4648 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4649 all non-TLS entries. */
4650 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4651 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
4652 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4654 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4657 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4658 lazy-binding stubs. */
4660 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4664 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4667 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4668 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
4669 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4671 unsigned int save_assign
;
4673 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4674 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4675 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4676 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
4677 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
4678 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
4679 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4680 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4681 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
4682 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
<= g
->global_gotno
);
4684 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4687 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4688 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4689 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4690 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4691 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4696 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4703 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4704 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4706 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4707 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4708 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4709 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4711 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4713 while (relocation
< relend
)
4715 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4716 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4722 /* We didn't find it. */
4726 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4729 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4730 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4731 asection
**local_sections
)
4733 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4737 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4738 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4739 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4741 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4743 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4749 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4752 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4754 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4755 /* VALUE is negative. */
4756 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4761 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4762 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4766 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4768 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4770 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4771 /* The value is too big. */
4773 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4774 /* The value is too small. */
4781 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4784 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4786 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4789 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4792 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4795 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4802 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4805 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4808 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4815 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4818 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4819 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4822 register asection
*s
;
4824 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4826 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4829 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4831 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4832 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4835 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4841 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4844 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4847 register asection
*s
;
4848 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4849 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4850 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4852 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4853 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4855 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4859 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4860 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4862 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4863 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4864 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4866 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4870 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4871 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4872 are not creating a global offset table. */
4874 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4875 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4876 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4879 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4882 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4883 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4886 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4889 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
, TRUE
);
4890 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4891 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4893 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4894 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4895 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4898 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4906 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4907 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4908 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4911 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4913 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4915 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4916 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4919 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4920 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4921 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4925 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
4926 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4928 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4929 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4930 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4931 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4932 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4933 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
4940 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
4941 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
4942 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
4943 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
4944 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
4948 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
4955 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4956 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4957 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4959 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4960 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4961 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4963 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4964 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4965 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4966 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4968 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4969 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4970 asection
*input_section
,
4971 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4972 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4973 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
4975 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
4977 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
4978 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
4980 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4982 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4985 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4986 shared object file being produced. */
4988 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4991 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4993 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4994 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4995 during execution. */
4996 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
4997 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4999 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5001 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5003 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5004 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5005 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5006 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5007 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5008 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5013 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5014 relocation value. */
5015 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5016 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5017 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5018 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5019 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5022 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5023 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5024 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5026 /* Parse the relocation. */
5027 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5028 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5029 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5030 + input_section
->output_offset
5031 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5033 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5034 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5036 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5037 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5038 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5039 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5041 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5042 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5043 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5046 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5047 must come before globals. */
5051 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5054 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5056 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5057 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5059 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5060 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5061 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5062 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5063 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5064 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5066 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5068 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5071 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5072 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5075 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5076 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5077 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5080 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5082 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5083 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5087 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5089 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5090 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5091 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5092 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5093 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5094 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5095 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5097 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5098 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5100 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5101 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5102 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5103 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5105 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5106 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5107 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5108 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5112 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5113 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5114 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5115 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5118 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5119 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5120 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5122 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5123 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5124 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5126 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5127 if (sec
->output_section
)
5128 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5129 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5130 + sec
->output_offset
);
5132 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5134 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5135 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5136 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5137 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5140 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5141 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5143 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5144 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5146 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5147 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5148 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5149 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5150 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5152 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5153 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5156 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5158 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5159 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5160 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5161 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5162 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5163 which is available from here:
5164 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5167 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5168 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5169 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5170 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5171 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5173 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5177 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5180 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5181 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5182 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5183 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
5184 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
5187 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5188 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5190 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5192 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5193 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5195 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5196 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5197 && !info
->relocatable
5199 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5200 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5202 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5203 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5204 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5206 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5207 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5211 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5216 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5219 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5220 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5221 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5222 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5231 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5232 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5233 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5235 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5236 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5237 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5238 use an indirect stub instead. */
5239 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5240 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5242 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5243 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5244 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5247 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5250 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5251 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5253 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5258 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5260 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5262 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5269 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5272 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5275 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5276 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5278 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5280 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5281 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5282 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5283 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5284 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5285 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5287 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5288 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5289 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5291 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5292 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5293 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5296 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5297 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5298 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5299 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5300 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5302 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5303 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5304 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5305 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5306 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5307 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5308 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5309 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5311 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5312 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5313 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5314 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5316 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5317 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5319 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5324 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5325 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5326 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5327 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5329 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5330 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5334 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5335 to need it, get it now. */
5338 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5339 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5342 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5343 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5344 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5345 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5346 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5347 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5348 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5349 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5350 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5351 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5352 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5353 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5355 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5356 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5357 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5358 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5359 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5360 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5361 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5362 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5363 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5364 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5366 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5367 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5369 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5373 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5374 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5375 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5376 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5377 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5378 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5380 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5381 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5382 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5386 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5387 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
5388 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
5389 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5390 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5391 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5392 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5395 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5396 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5397 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5401 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5402 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5404 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5407 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5408 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5412 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5413 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5414 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5416 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5420 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5421 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5423 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5424 + input_section
->output_offset
5425 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5426 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5427 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5428 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5430 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5431 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5433 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5434 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5437 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5440 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5444 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5447 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5448 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5455 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5457 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5458 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5459 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5460 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5462 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5463 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5464 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5466 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5467 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5468 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5469 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5470 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5471 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5473 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5481 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5485 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5486 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5490 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5494 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5495 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5499 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5500 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5501 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5502 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5503 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5505 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5509 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5510 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5511 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5512 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5514 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5515 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5518 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5520 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5521 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5522 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5523 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5524 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5528 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5529 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5530 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5531 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5535 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5536 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5537 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5538 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5539 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5540 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5543 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5544 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5545 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5546 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5550 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5551 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5552 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5553 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5554 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5555 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5560 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5563 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5564 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5568 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5569 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5570 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5574 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5575 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5576 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5577 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5578 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5579 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5580 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5581 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5582 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5583 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5584 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5586 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5587 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5593 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5594 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5596 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5599 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5600 for this conditional. */
5601 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5602 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5603 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5604 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5605 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5607 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5608 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5609 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5610 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5611 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5614 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5615 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5618 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5619 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5620 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5621 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5622 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5623 not check for overflow here. */
5627 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5628 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5629 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5630 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5631 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5636 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5637 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5638 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5639 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5640 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5641 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5642 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5643 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5644 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5645 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5646 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5647 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5648 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5649 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5650 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5651 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5652 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5653 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5657 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5660 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5661 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5664 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5665 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5666 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5667 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5668 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5670 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5671 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5672 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5673 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5675 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5676 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5683 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5684 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5685 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5686 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5687 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5688 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5694 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5697 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5698 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5700 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5704 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5705 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5706 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5707 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5708 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5711 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5712 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5713 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5714 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5715 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5718 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5719 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5720 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5721 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5722 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5725 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5726 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5727 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5728 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5729 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5732 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5733 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5734 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5735 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5736 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5739 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5740 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5741 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5742 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5743 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5744 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5745 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5747 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5748 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5751 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5752 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5753 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5754 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5755 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5758 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5759 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5760 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5761 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5762 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5763 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5764 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5767 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5768 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5770 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5773 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5778 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5779 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5783 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5784 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5785 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5788 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5789 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5790 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5791 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5794 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5795 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5796 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5797 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5802 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5803 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5804 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5805 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5806 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5807 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5811 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5812 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5813 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5814 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5817 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5818 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5821 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5823 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5826 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5829 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5830 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5831 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5834 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5836 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5837 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5842 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5843 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5844 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5846 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5847 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5849 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5852 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5853 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5854 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5855 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5856 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5857 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5861 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5863 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5864 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5866 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5868 /* Obtain the current value. */
5869 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5871 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5872 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5874 /* Set the field. */
5875 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5877 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5878 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5881 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5882 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5884 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5885 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5887 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5890 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5892 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5897 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5901 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5902 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5905 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5906 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5909 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5914 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5915 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5918 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5920 if (!info
->relocatable
5921 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5922 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5923 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5924 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5925 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5926 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5927 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5928 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
5929 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5930 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5936 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5937 + input_section
->output_offset
5938 + relocation
->r_offset
5940 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5941 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
5945 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
5947 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5948 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5950 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5954 /* Put the value into the output. */
5955 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5957 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
5963 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5964 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5965 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5966 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5969 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5971 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5973 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
5974 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
5976 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
5981 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
5982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5984 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5985 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5987 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5988 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5989 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5990 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
5991 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
5992 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5995 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
5996 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
5997 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5999 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6000 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6001 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6002 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6005 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6006 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6009 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6011 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6012 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6013 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6018 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6019 in the relocation. */
6020 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6022 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6023 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6024 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6025 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6027 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6028 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6029 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6030 undefined symbols. */
6035 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6037 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6039 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6044 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6047 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6048 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6054 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6055 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6056 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6057 local symbols because we used to generate them
6058 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6059 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6060 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6061 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6062 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6063 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6065 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6066 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6067 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6068 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6069 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6074 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6075 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6076 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6077 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6078 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6081 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6082 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6083 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6085 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6086 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6087 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6090 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6091 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6092 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6093 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6094 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6095 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6096 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6097 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6098 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6099 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6100 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6101 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6102 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6103 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6106 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6108 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6109 correct location in the output file. */
6110 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6111 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6112 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6113 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6114 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6115 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6117 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6118 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6119 relocation format is non-standard. */
6120 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6122 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6123 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6125 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6127 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6129 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6130 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6131 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6132 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6134 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6137 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6138 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6139 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6141 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6142 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6144 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6145 will be writing to it. */
6146 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6149 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6150 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6152 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6157 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6159 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6160 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6161 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6162 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6163 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6164 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6166 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6167 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6168 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6170 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6171 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6172 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6173 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6174 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6175 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6176 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6180 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6181 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6183 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6184 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6189 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6192 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6194 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6196 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6197 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6199 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6200 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6202 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6203 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6205 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6206 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6208 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6209 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6211 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6212 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6214 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6215 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6217 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6218 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6220 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6221 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6223 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6224 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6226 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6227 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6229 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6230 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6232 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6233 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6235 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6236 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6238 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6239 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6241 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6242 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6244 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6245 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6248 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6252 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6255 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6258 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6261 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6264 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6266 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6267 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6269 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6270 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6272 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6273 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6275 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6276 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6283 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6285 static INLINE
char *
6286 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6290 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6291 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6294 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6296 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6300 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6302 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6304 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6306 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6309 return "unknown abi";
6313 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6314 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6315 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6316 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6317 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6318 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6319 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6320 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6322 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6323 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6324 definition in a shared library. */
6325 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6326 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6327 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6329 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6332 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6334 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6336 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6337 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6338 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6340 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6341 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6342 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6343 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6344 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6345 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6346 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6348 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6349 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6350 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6351 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6352 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6353 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6354 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6355 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6356 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6357 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6359 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6363 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6364 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6365 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6366 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6367 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6370 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6371 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6373 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6374 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6375 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6376 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6377 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6378 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6379 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6380 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6381 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6382 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6384 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6385 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6388 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6389 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6394 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6396 if (section
!= NULL
)
6398 asym
->section
= section
;
6399 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6400 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6401 base address to make it an offset. */
6402 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6409 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6411 if (section
!= NULL
)
6413 asym
->section
= section
;
6414 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6415 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6416 base address to make it an offset. */
6417 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6423 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6424 or microMIPS one. */
6425 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6426 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6429 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6430 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6431 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6433 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6434 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6438 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6439 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6441 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6442 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6443 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6444 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6445 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6447 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6448 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6449 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6450 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6452 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6453 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6454 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6455 We therefore take the following approach:
6457 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6458 determine the pointer size.
6460 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6461 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6465 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6466 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6467 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6468 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6469 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6471 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6472 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6476 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6478 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6480 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6482 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6484 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6485 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6486 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6493 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6494 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6495 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6504 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6505 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6506 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6508 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6509 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6512 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6513 will jump there rather than to .text.
6515 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6516 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6519 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6521 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6524 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6525 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6526 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6530 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6532 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6533 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6537 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6538 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6541 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6544 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6545 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6549 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6550 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6551 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6552 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6554 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6556 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6557 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6558 so that we don't have to read them again.
6559 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6560 through the section contents to see if there is an
6561 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6563 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6565 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6566 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6568 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6570 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6572 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6574 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6575 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6576 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6579 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6586 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6587 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6590 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6591 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6594 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6601 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6602 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6605 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6606 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6613 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6615 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6617 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6618 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6619 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6620 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6621 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6622 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6623 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6624 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6625 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6626 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6628 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6631 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6633 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6634 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6636 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6641 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6643 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6645 unsigned int adjust
;
6647 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6649 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6657 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6658 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6659 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6661 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6665 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6666 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6672 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6673 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6674 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6675 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6676 probably get away with this. */
6677 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6679 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6680 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6684 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6687 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6688 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6691 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6692 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6695 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6696 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6699 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6700 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6702 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6704 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6705 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6706 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6708 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6710 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6711 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6714 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6715 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6718 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6719 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6722 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6723 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6724 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6727 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6728 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6731 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6732 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6733 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6740 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6745 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6746 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6752 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6754 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6755 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6756 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6757 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6758 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6760 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6763 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6764 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6766 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6767 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6770 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6771 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6772 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6773 they should agree. */
6774 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6776 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6778 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6779 if (contents
== NULL
)
6781 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6788 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6789 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6791 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6793 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6795 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6797 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6798 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6799 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6802 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6804 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6806 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6808 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6809 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6811 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6813 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6815 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6817 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6819 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6820 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6822 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6832 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6833 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6834 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6837 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6839 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6841 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6843 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6844 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6845 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6847 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6848 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6849 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6851 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6852 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6853 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6855 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6856 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6857 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6859 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6860 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6861 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6862 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6863 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6865 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6867 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6869 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6870 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6871 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6872 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6874 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6875 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6877 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6880 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6882 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6883 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6884 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6885 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6887 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6888 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6890 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6891 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6894 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6895 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6896 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6897 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6898 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6899 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6900 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6901 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6903 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6904 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6906 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6908 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6909 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6910 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6912 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6914 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6915 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6916 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6918 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6919 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6921 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6923 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6924 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6925 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6926 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
6927 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6931 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
6932 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6933 final_write_processing. */
6935 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6936 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6938 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
6939 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6940 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6944 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
6945 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
6946 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
6949 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6950 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6951 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6952 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6953 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6958 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6959 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6960 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6961 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6962 the .scommon section. */
6965 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6966 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
6968 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
6970 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6973 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
6975 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
6981 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6982 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6985 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6986 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
6987 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6988 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
6990 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6991 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
6992 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6994 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6999 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7000 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7001 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7002 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7003 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7004 is not done for them. */
7006 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7007 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7013 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7016 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7017 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7018 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7019 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7020 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7023 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7024 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7025 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7026 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7030 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7031 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7033 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7034 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7035 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7037 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7038 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7041 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7042 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7043 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7046 /* Initialize the section. */
7048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7051 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7052 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7054 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7055 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7056 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7057 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7058 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7059 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7060 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7062 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7063 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7064 so I took it out. */
7065 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7068 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7069 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7071 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7072 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7074 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7075 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7076 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7078 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7079 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7082 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7083 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7084 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7087 /* Initialize the section. */
7089 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7092 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7093 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7095 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7096 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7097 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7098 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7099 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7100 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7101 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7103 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7104 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7105 so I took it out. */
7106 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7109 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7110 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7114 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7116 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7117 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7120 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7122 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7124 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7125 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7126 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7129 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7132 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7134 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7137 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7138 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7141 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7142 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7143 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7144 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7150 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7151 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7152 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7155 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7156 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7157 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7158 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7160 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7161 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7162 common in the output file. */
7163 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7164 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7165 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7167 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7168 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7173 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7175 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7178 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7180 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7181 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7183 register asection
*s
;
7184 const char * const *namep
;
7185 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7187 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7188 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7190 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7191 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7193 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7195 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7197 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7200 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7205 /* We need to create .got section. */
7206 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7209 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7212 /* Create .stub section. */
7213 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7214 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7217 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7218 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7222 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7224 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7226 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7227 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7229 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7230 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7234 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7235 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7236 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7237 the linker takes such action. */
7238 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7240 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7243 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7244 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7245 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7248 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7251 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7253 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7257 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7258 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7260 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7264 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7265 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7267 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7268 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7270 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7271 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7273 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7275 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7277 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7278 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7280 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7287 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7289 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7290 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7291 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7294 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7297 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7299 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7302 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7304 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7305 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7306 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7307 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7308 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7309 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7311 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7313 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7314 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7315 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7318 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7321 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7323 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7325 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7329 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7330 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7331 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7334 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7335 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7336 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7337 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7339 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7340 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7343 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7345 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7350 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7352 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7353 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7356 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7359 htab
->plt_header_size
7360 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7361 htab
->plt_entry_size
7362 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7366 htab
->plt_header_size
7367 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7368 htab
->plt_entry_size
7369 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7372 else if (!info
->shared
)
7374 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7375 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7376 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7382 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7383 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7384 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7387 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7388 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7389 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7394 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7395 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7396 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7397 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7400 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7401 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7404 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7405 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7406 of the section that REL is against. */
7409 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7410 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7413 unsigned int r_type
;
7416 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7417 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7419 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7420 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7421 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7422 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7424 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7427 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7428 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7429 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7430 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7431 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7434 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7435 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7436 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7437 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7439 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7440 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7441 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7444 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7445 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7446 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7447 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7448 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7450 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7452 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7453 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7454 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7457 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7459 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7460 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7461 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7462 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7463 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7464 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7466 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7467 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7468 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7469 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7470 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7473 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7474 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7475 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7477 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7478 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7485 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7486 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7487 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7490 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7495 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7496 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7498 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7502 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7505 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7506 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7509 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7510 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7517 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7518 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7520 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7521 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7524 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7526 if (info
->relocatable
)
7529 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7530 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7532 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7533 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7534 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7535 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7537 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7538 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7540 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7542 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7543 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7545 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7547 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7550 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7553 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7554 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7555 " stub section `%s'"),
7557 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7561 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7562 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7566 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7567 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7568 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7569 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7571 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7572 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7574 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7575 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7576 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7577 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7581 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7583 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7586 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7587 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7588 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7589 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7592 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7601 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7602 not need it. Since this function is called before
7603 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7604 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7606 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7610 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7612 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7614 unsigned long symcount
;
7618 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7619 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7621 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7622 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7623 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7629 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7632 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7633 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7634 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7635 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7639 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7641 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7642 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7644 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7645 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7646 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7648 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7650 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7651 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7652 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7653 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7654 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7655 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7657 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7661 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7663 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7666 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7668 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7672 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7675 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7678 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7679 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7680 " stub section `%s'"),
7682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7686 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7687 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7691 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7692 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7693 that refers to this symbol. */
7694 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7697 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7699 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7700 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7701 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7702 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7706 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7708 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7711 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7712 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7713 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7714 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7717 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7726 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7727 not need it. Since this function is called before
7728 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7729 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7731 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7735 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7737 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7739 unsigned long symcount
;
7743 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7744 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7746 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7747 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7748 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7754 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7755 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7757 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7758 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7759 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7760 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7764 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7765 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7767 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7769 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7770 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7772 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7774 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7775 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7776 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7777 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7778 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7781 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7785 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7787 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7793 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7795 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7796 unsigned int r_type
;
7797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7798 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7800 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7801 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7803 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7805 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7807 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7808 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7810 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7815 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7817 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7818 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7819 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7822 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7823 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7824 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7829 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7830 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7831 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7832 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7833 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7834 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7835 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7836 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7838 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7839 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7840 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7841 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7842 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7843 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7844 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7845 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7846 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7847 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7848 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7849 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7850 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7851 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7852 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7853 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7854 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7855 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7857 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7858 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7860 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7862 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7863 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7864 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7865 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7870 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7871 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7873 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7879 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7880 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7881 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7883 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7884 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7885 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7886 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7887 against a read-only section. */
7890 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7891 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7892 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7893 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7894 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7895 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7897 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7899 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7902 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7903 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7904 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7905 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7906 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7908 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7909 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7910 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7913 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7914 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7915 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7916 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7917 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7919 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7924 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7927 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
7933 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
7934 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
7935 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
7936 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
7937 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
7939 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
7945 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7946 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7947 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7948 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
7952 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7956 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7957 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7958 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7959 relocations against the text segment. */
7960 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7963 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7964 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7965 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
7966 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
7968 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7969 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7970 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7971 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7972 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7973 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7974 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7975 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7976 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7977 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
7982 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
7983 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
7984 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
7989 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7990 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7993 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7994 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7995 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7996 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8001 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8002 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8003 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8004 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8007 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8008 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8009 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8010 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8014 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8015 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8016 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8022 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8023 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8024 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8025 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8028 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8029 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8031 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8032 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8033 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8034 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8039 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8041 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8042 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8043 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8044 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8045 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8046 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8048 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8049 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8050 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8052 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8054 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8056 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8057 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8059 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8060 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8063 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8066 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8067 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8073 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8074 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8075 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8080 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8081 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8082 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8084 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8087 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8088 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8089 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8090 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8092 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8098 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8099 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8100 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8101 for TLS GD relocations. */
8104 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8110 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8120 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8121 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8122 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8123 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8127 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8131 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8133 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8134 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8135 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8136 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8137 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8138 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8139 relocations against the text segment. */
8140 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8146 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8147 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8148 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8149 it will be left as zero.
8151 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8152 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8154 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8155 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8157 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8158 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8159 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8160 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8161 are relocations against the text segment. */
8162 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8166 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8167 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8168 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8172 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8173 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8174 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8175 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8176 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8177 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8178 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8179 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8180 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8181 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8184 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8185 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8186 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8187 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8191 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8192 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8193 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8194 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8196 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8204 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8205 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8206 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8207 a normal .got entry. */
8208 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8212 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8214 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8216 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8217 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8219 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8220 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8221 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8222 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8226 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8227 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8228 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8229 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8231 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8232 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8234 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8236 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8237 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8240 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8241 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8242 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8243 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8244 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8252 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8253 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8254 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8255 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8256 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8257 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8258 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8261 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8262 and has a special meaning. */
8263 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8264 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8267 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8268 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8275 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8276 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8277 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8278 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8280 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8293 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8294 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8297 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8298 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8299 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8300 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8302 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8303 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8304 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8306 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8309 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8312 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8313 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8314 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8317 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8318 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8319 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8320 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8322 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8325 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8326 unsigned int r_type
;
8327 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8329 unsigned long instruction
;
8331 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8332 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8333 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8334 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8335 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8338 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8339 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8340 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8343 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8344 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8346 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8347 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8348 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8350 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8352 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8353 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8354 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8355 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8356 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8359 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8360 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8361 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8362 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8363 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8365 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8371 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8372 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8374 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8375 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8376 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8377 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8379 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8383 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8384 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8386 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8387 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8388 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8389 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8392 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8393 symval
= isym
->st_value
8394 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8395 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8398 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8400 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8401 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8403 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8404 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8409 /* Check that it's in range. */
8410 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8413 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8414 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8417 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8419 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8420 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8421 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8422 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8423 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8424 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8428 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8429 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8430 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8433 if (contents
!= NULL
8434 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8436 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8440 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8441 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8447 if (contents
!= NULL
8448 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8453 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8456 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8458 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8461 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8463 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8464 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8466 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8467 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8469 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8470 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8471 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8474 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8475 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8476 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8479 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8480 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8481 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8482 if (! info
->relocatable
8483 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8484 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8485 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8488 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8490 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8492 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8493 non-default visibility. */
8494 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8497 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8499 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8501 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8508 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8509 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8510 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8511 relocations against it.
8513 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8514 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8516 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8518 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8519 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8520 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8523 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8524 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8525 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8526 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8527 against the text segment. */
8528 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8535 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8536 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8537 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8538 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8542 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8549 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8550 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8552 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8553 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8555 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8556 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8558 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8561 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8563 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8565 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8566 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8567 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8568 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8569 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8571 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8572 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8573 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8575 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8578 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8579 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8580 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8581 executable and the shared library. */
8582 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8584 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8585 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8589 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8590 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8592 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8593 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8594 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8595 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8596 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8597 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8598 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8599 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8600 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8601 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8602 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8603 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8604 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8606 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8608 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8610 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8612 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8613 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8614 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8615 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8616 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8617 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8620 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8621 for the same reason as above. */
8622 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8623 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8626 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8628 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8630 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8632 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8634 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8635 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8636 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8637 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8640 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8641 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8642 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8644 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8645 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8646 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8648 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8649 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8650 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8651 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8652 function address. */
8653 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8654 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8657 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8659 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8660 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8661 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8662 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8664 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8665 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8666 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8668 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8669 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8670 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8675 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8676 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8677 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8678 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8680 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8681 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8682 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8683 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8687 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8688 in regular objects. */
8692 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8693 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8694 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8697 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8698 some that we can't convert. */
8699 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8701 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8702 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8703 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8708 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8709 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8710 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8711 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8712 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8713 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8714 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8715 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8716 same memory location for the variable. */
8718 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8720 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8721 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8723 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8727 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8728 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8729 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8731 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8734 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8735 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8736 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8739 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8744 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8746 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8747 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8749 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8750 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8752 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8755 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8757 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8758 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8765 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8768 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8772 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8773 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8774 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8776 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
8777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8779 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8780 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8786 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8789 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8790 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8791 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8792 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8793 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8795 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8796 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8797 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8799 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8800 the target symbol. */
8801 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8804 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8805 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8807 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8808 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8810 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8812 asection
*subsection
;
8814 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
8816 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8818 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8820 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8821 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8825 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8826 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8827 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8828 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8831 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8832 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8833 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8835 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8837 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8838 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8840 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8841 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8842 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8844 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8845 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8846 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8847 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
8848 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
8849 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8850 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
8852 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
8853 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8855 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8856 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8858 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8860 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8863 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8866 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8868 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8871 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8873 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8878 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
8880 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8881 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8882 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
8883 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
8884 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
8886 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8889 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
, &arg
);
8890 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8891 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
8894 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, arg
.needed
);
8900 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8903 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8905 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8906 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8908 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8909 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8911 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8914 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8915 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8916 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8918 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8919 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8920 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8922 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8923 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
8925 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8926 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
8927 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8928 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
8930 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
8933 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8934 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8935 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8938 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
8940 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8942 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
8943 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
8945 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
8946 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8947 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8948 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8953 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8954 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8957 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8961 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8962 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8964 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8967 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
8968 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
8969 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8970 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
8971 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
8974 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8977 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8978 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8981 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
8982 bfd_boolean reltext
;
8983 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8985 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8986 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8987 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8988 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8990 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8992 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8993 if (info
->executable
)
8995 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
8996 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8998 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9000 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9003 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9004 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9008 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9010 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9011 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9012 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9019 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9020 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9022 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9024 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9027 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9029 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9030 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9033 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9037 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9038 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9039 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9041 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9044 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9048 const char *outname
;
9051 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9052 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9053 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9054 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9055 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9057 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9059 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9061 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9062 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9063 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9066 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9067 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9068 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9071 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9072 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9073 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9074 will move them around between input sections'
9075 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9076 broken, so don't let it run. */
9077 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9080 else if (! info
->shared
9081 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9082 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9084 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9085 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9086 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9088 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9089 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9090 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9091 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9093 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9094 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9095 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9096 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9097 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9100 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9102 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9103 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9104 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9106 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9112 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9116 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9119 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9120 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9121 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9123 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9128 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9130 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9131 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9132 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9133 the .dynamic section. */
9135 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9136 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9137 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9138 may only look at the first one they see. */
9140 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9143 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9144 used by the debugger. */
9145 if (info
->executable
9146 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9147 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9150 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9151 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9153 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9155 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9158 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9159 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9160 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9161 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9162 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9165 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9168 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9169 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9171 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9172 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9173 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9175 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9178 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9181 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9187 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9189 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9192 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9195 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9199 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9202 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9205 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9208 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9211 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9214 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9217 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9220 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9221 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9224 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9225 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9226 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9227 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9230 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9232 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9235 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9238 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9241 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9244 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9245 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9252 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9253 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9254 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9255 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9258 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9259 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9260 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9262 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9266 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9268 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9269 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9270 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9271 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9273 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9274 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9277 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9278 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9280 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9281 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9283 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9284 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9287 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9288 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9289 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9293 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9294 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9295 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9296 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9297 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9298 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9299 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9300 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9301 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9302 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9303 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9305 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9306 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9307 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9310 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9311 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9312 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9313 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9314 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9315 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9316 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9320 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9321 unsigned int r_type
;
9324 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9326 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9327 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9329 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9335 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9336 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9337 howto
, i
, contents
);
9342 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9345 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9346 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9347 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9349 asection
**local_sections
)
9351 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9352 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9354 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9355 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9357 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9358 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9359 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9363 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9364 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9365 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9367 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9368 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9370 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9373 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9374 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9376 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9377 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9379 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9380 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9382 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9383 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9384 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9386 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9391 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9394 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9395 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9396 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9397 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9398 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9399 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9402 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9403 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9404 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9407 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9409 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9410 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9411 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9415 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9417 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9418 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9419 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9420 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9421 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9422 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9423 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9425 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9427 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9431 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9433 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9434 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9435 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9437 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9440 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9441 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9443 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9444 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9445 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9448 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9452 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9454 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9455 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9457 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9458 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9459 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9464 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9467 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9468 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9469 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9472 if (info
->relocatable
)
9474 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9475 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9478 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9480 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9481 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9482 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9483 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9484 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9485 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9486 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9488 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9490 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9491 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9492 source of the addend in the final link. */
9493 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9495 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9496 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9497 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9498 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9499 but for endianness. */
9505 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9507 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9514 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9515 do two separate stores. */
9516 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9518 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9520 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9526 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9528 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9529 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9530 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9531 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9535 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9536 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9541 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9545 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9546 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9547 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9549 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9550 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9551 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9552 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9554 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9556 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9557 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9558 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9559 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9560 local_sections
, &value
,
9561 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9562 use_saved_addend_p
))
9564 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9565 /* There's nothing to do. */
9568 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9569 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9570 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9571 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9572 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9575 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9576 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9577 info
->callbacks
->warning
9578 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9581 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9582 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9583 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9584 a given location. */
9588 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9590 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9591 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9592 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9593 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9594 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9595 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9597 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9598 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9600 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9601 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9603 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9604 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9605 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9613 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9614 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9616 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9617 info
->callbacks
->warning
9618 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9628 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9629 until we reach the last one. */
9630 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9636 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9637 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9638 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9639 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9640 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9641 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9642 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9643 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9649 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9651 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9658 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9659 do two separate stores. */
9660 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9662 /* Undo what we did above. */
9664 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9666 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9672 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9674 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9675 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9677 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9681 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9682 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9683 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9684 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9691 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9692 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9695 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9697 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9699 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9702 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9704 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9705 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9706 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9707 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9709 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9710 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9714 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9723 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9724 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9726 /* Work out the target address. */
9727 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9728 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9730 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9731 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9733 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9735 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9736 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9737 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9739 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9741 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9742 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9744 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9745 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9750 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9751 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9756 /* This is trampoline. */
9758 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9760 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9761 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9762 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9763 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9764 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9765 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9766 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9770 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9771 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9772 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9773 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9779 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9780 adjust it appropriately now. */
9783 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9784 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9786 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9787 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9788 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9791 "__dso_displacement",
9793 "__program_header_table",
9797 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9805 const char* const *p
;
9808 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9809 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9812 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9814 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9816 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9817 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9819 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9821 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9823 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9829 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9830 dynamic sections here. */
9833 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9834 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9836 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9840 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9843 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9844 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9846 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9847 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9848 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9849 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9851 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9853 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9855 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9857 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9858 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9859 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9861 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9862 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9863 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9864 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9865 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9867 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9868 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9869 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9871 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9872 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9873 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9875 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9876 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9877 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9878 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9879 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9880 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9882 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9883 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9884 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9885 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9886 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9888 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9890 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9891 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9893 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9894 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9896 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9897 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9898 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9899 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9901 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9903 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9904 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9908 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9909 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9912 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9913 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9914 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9915 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
9917 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9918 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9919 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9920 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9921 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9922 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9923 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
9927 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9929 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9930 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
9932 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9934 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9936 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9937 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
9939 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9940 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9942 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
9945 /* Fill the stub. */
9947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9949 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9951 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
9957 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
9960 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9961 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9962 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9964 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
9965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9967 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
9970 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
9971 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
9972 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
9974 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9975 only for the referenced symbol. */
9976 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9978 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9979 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9980 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9981 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
9982 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
9986 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9987 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9989 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
9991 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
9992 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
9993 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
9994 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
9995 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
9998 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
9999 || h
->forced_local
);
10002 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10003 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10005 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10006 the symbols that need them. */
10007 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10012 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10013 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10014 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10015 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10018 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10020 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10026 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10031 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10034 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10037 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10039 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10041 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10042 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10044 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10045 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10046 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10047 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10048 appropriate addend. */
10049 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10051 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10052 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10053 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10055 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10056 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10059 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10060 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10061 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10065 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10066 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10071 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10072 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10073 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10074 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10075 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10076 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10077 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10079 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10080 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10083 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10085 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10086 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10087 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10089 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10091 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10092 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10094 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10095 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10097 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10099 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10101 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10102 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10103 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10104 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10106 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10108 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10109 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10110 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10111 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10115 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10121 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10122 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10124 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10125 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10126 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10127 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10128 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10129 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10132 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10133 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10134 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10136 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10137 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10138 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10140 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10141 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10147 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10150 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10151 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10152 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10153 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10157 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10158 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10161 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10162 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10163 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10164 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10166 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10169 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10170 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10171 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10173 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10174 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10175 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10177 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10178 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10179 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10182 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10183 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
10184 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
10186 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10187 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10188 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10191 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10192 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10193 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10195 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10196 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10197 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10199 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10201 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
10203 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10204 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
10208 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10210 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10214 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10216 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10217 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10218 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10229 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10230 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10232 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10233 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10234 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10235 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10236 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10238 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10239 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10240 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10241 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10242 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10243 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10245 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10246 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10248 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10249 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10252 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10253 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10254 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10255 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10257 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10259 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10260 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10263 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10266 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10267 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10269 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10270 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10273 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10277 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10278 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10279 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10280 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10282 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10283 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10284 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10285 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10286 + sgot
->output_offset
10288 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10289 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10290 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10293 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10296 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10298 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10300 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10301 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10302 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10303 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10306 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10307 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10308 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10309 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10312 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10313 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10314 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10319 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10322 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10325 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10326 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10329 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10330 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10332 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10333 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10334 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10335 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10337 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10339 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10340 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10341 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10342 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10343 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10345 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10346 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10347 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10348 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10350 /* Install the PLT header. */
10351 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10353 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10357 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10358 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10359 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10362 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10363 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10366 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10368 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10370 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10371 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10372 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10374 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10375 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10377 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10379 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10380 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10381 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10382 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10384 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10385 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10387 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10388 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10390 /* Install the PLT header. */
10391 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10392 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10393 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10394 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10395 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10396 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10397 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10399 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10400 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10401 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10402 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10404 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10405 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10407 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10408 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10409 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10410 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10411 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10412 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10414 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10415 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10416 in which symbols were output. */
10417 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10419 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10421 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10422 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10423 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10424 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10426 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10427 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10428 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10429 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10431 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10432 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10433 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10434 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10438 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10441 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10444 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10446 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10447 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10449 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10450 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10451 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10452 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10455 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10458 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10464 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10467 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10468 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10470 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10472 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10475 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10477 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10480 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10482 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10483 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10485 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
10486 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10488 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10489 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10490 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10492 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10496 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10498 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10499 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10501 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10507 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10511 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10512 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10516 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10518 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10523 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10526 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10528 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10531 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10532 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10535 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10536 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10539 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10543 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10547 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10549 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10552 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10554 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10557 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10558 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10559 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10560 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10563 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10564 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10567 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10568 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10569 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10570 referenced within the same object. */
10571 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10574 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10575 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
10577 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10580 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10581 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10582 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10584 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10586 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10587 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10588 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10590 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10593 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10594 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10597 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10599 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10600 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10603 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10604 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10607 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10608 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10609 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10613 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10614 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10615 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10616 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10620 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10621 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10623 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10627 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10628 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10629 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10631 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10635 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10636 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10640 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10641 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10642 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10646 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10647 the dynamic tag. */
10648 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10650 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10651 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10656 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10657 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10658 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10659 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10661 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10665 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10666 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10667 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10672 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10673 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10674 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10678 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10683 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10684 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10685 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10688 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10689 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10691 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10693 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10694 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10695 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10696 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10697 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10698 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10699 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10701 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10702 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10703 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10705 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10709 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10710 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10711 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10712 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10713 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10714 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10717 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10718 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10721 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10722 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10724 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10725 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10727 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10728 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10730 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10732 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10733 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10735 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10736 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10737 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10739 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10741 if (! info
->shared
)
10744 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10746 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10747 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10748 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10749 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10750 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10751 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10753 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10758 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10759 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10762 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10765 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10767 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10769 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10770 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10771 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10773 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10776 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10777 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10779 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10785 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10786 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10787 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10788 are trailing null entries. */
10789 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10790 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10791 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10792 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10793 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10794 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10795 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10796 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10801 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10806 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10813 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10815 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10817 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10818 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10822 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10824 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10825 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10828 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10829 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10832 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10833 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10835 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10837 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10838 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10839 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10840 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10845 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10846 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10847 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10848 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10849 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10851 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10853 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10855 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10857 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10858 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10859 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10860 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10862 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10863 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10864 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10869 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10871 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10874 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10876 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10880 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10881 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10888 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10891 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10895 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10898 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10899 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10902 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10903 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10906 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10907 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10910 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10911 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10912 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10913 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10914 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
10917 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
10918 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
10921 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
10922 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
10925 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
10926 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
10929 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
10930 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
10933 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
10934 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
10937 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
10938 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
10941 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
10942 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
10945 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
10946 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
10949 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
10950 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
10953 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
10954 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
10955 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
10956 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
10957 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
10958 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
10959 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
10960 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
10963 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
10964 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
10967 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
10968 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
10971 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
10972 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
10975 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
10976 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
10979 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
10980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
10983 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
10984 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
10985 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
10988 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
10989 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
10992 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
10993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
10996 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
10997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11000 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11004 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11008 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11009 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11012 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11013 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11018 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11019 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11020 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11023 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11024 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11027 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11031 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11032 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11033 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11034 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11035 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11037 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11038 info for each special section. */
11039 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11040 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11043 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11045 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11046 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11047 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11049 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11052 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11053 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11054 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11055 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11056 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11057 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11058 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11059 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11062 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11063 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11064 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11065 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11066 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11067 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11068 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11069 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11070 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11073 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11074 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11076 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11077 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11079 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11082 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11083 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11084 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11085 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11086 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11087 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11088 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11091 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11092 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11094 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11096 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11097 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11104 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11108 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11109 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11114 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11115 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11116 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11119 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11120 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11121 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11122 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11125 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11126 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11127 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11128 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11131 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11132 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11133 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11134 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11140 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11143 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11144 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11147 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11150 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11152 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11153 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11155 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11156 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11161 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11165 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11167 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11169 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11170 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11172 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11173 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11181 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11182 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11183 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11185 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11186 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11187 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11188 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11190 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11192 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11193 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11198 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11200 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11202 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11203 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11206 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11208 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11209 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11210 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11211 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11212 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11213 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11214 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11215 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11216 *pm
= options_segment
;
11222 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11224 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11225 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11226 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11227 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11228 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11230 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11231 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11236 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11240 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11242 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11247 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11252 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11255 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11256 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11257 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11267 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11268 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11270 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11272 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11275 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11277 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11278 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11279 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11280 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11281 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11283 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11284 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11287 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11288 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11289 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11290 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11291 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11292 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11293 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11294 PT_LOAD segment. */
11295 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11298 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11300 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11302 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11306 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11308 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11310 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11312 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11313 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11320 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11321 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11326 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11327 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11329 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11332 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11333 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11340 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11342 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11344 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11346 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11355 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11356 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11358 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11359 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11360 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11361 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11362 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11364 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11365 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11366 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11367 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11368 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11371 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11372 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11374 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11375 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11377 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11378 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11382 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11386 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11394 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11398 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11399 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11400 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11404 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11407 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11409 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11410 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11414 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11417 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11420 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11421 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11422 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11423 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11426 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11427 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11428 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11429 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11430 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11433 if (info
->relocatable
)
11436 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11437 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11438 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11440 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11441 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11442 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11444 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11445 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11447 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11448 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11449 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11450 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11451 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11452 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11453 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11454 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11455 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11456 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11457 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11458 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11459 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11460 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11463 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11464 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11465 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11466 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11477 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11478 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11479 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11480 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11483 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11489 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11491 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11492 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11493 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11494 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11495 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11496 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11498 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11501 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11502 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11503 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11504 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11505 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11506 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11508 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11509 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11511 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11513 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11514 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11516 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11518 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11519 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11521 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11523 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11524 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11526 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11527 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11528 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11529 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11530 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11531 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11533 if (dirmips
->tls_ie_type
== 0)
11534 dirmips
->tls_ie_type
= indmips
->tls_ie_type
;
11535 if (dirmips
->tls_gd_type
== 0)
11536 dirmips
->tls_gd_type
= indmips
->tls_gd_type
;
11539 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11542 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11543 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11546 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11547 unsigned char *tdata
;
11550 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11555 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11557 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11558 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11561 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11565 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11566 info
->keep_memory
);
11573 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11574 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11576 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11578 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11587 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11588 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11594 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11595 free (cookie
->rels
);
11601 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11603 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11609 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11610 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11611 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11613 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11616 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11619 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11623 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11624 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11626 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11628 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11631 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11634 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11635 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11639 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11640 from output by default for clarity. */
11643 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11645 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11648 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11649 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11651 struct mips_elf_find_line
11653 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11654 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11658 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11659 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11660 const char **filename_ptr
,
11661 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11662 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11666 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11667 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11671 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11672 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11673 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11674 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11675 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11678 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11681 flagword origflags
;
11682 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11683 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11684 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11686 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11687 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11688 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11689 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11690 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11691 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11693 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11696 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11699 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11700 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11702 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11705 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11709 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11711 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11715 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11716 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11717 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11718 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11720 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11723 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11724 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11725 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11726 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11727 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11728 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11729 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11733 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11734 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11735 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11736 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11737 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11738 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11741 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11742 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11745 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11749 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11752 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11754 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11755 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11760 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11761 const char **filename_ptr
,
11762 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11763 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11766 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11767 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11768 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11773 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11774 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11775 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11778 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11779 const void *location
,
11780 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11782 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11786 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11788 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11789 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11790 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11793 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11796 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11799 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11802 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11805 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11809 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11810 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11813 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11815 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11816 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11818 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11821 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11822 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11823 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11826 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11827 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11830 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11833 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11834 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11837 /* read in the section */
11838 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11839 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11842 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11846 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11849 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11854 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11857 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11858 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11859 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11860 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11861 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11865 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11866 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11873 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11874 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11875 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11878 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11879 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11881 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11883 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11884 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11886 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11888 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11897 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11899 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11900 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11902 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11903 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11904 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11906 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11907 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11908 to the generic handling. */
11910 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11911 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11912 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11913 input_section
, relocatable
,
11916 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11918 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
11923 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
11925 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11926 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
11930 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
11934 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
11935 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
11936 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11937 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
11940 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
11941 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
11942 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
11943 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
11944 (*parent
)->address
)))
11947 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11948 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
11950 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11951 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
11952 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
11955 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11964 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11965 free (reloc_vector
);
11969 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11970 free (reloc_vector
);
11975 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
11976 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
11978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11979 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
11980 bfd_byte
*contents
;
11981 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
11982 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
11983 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
11984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
11986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
11987 unsigned int symcount
;
11989 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
11990 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
11992 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
11993 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11995 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
11996 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
11997 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
11998 sec
->size
-= count
;
12000 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12001 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12003 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12004 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12005 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12008 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12009 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12011 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12012 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12013 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12014 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12015 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12016 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12018 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12019 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12020 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12021 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12022 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12024 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12028 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12029 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12030 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12032 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12034 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12035 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12037 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12045 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12046 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12048 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12049 unsigned long match
;
12050 unsigned long mask
;
12053 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12057 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12059 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12060 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12062 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12064 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12065 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12068 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12070 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12071 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12072 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12073 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12076 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12077 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12079 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12080 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12082 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12083 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12085 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12086 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12088 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12089 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12091 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12092 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12095 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12097 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12098 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12099 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12101 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12103 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12104 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12105 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12106 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12109 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12110 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12111 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12112 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12115 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12116 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12117 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12118 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12121 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12122 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12123 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12124 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12127 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12129 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12130 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12131 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12134 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12136 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12137 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12139 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12140 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12142 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12143 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12145 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12146 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12148 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12149 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12151 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12153 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12154 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12156 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12157 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12159 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12160 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12161 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12162 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12165 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12167 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12168 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12170 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12171 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12172 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12176 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12178 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12179 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12181 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12182 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12184 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12185 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12187 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12189 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12191 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12192 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12194 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12195 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12196 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12197 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12201 /* LUI instruction. */
12203 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12204 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12207 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12209 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12210 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12212 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12213 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12215 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12216 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12219 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12221 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12222 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12223 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12224 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12226 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12227 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12229 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12230 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12231 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12232 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12235 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12236 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12239 /* NOP instructions. */
12241 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12242 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12244 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12245 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12248 /* Instruction match support. */
12250 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12253 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12255 unsigned long indx
;
12257 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12258 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12265 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12267 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12268 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12269 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12270 the second half of another instruction. */
12273 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12275 unsigned long opcode
;
12278 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12279 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12280 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12282 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12283 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12284 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12287 /* No delay slot. */
12293 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12294 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12295 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12296 the second half of another instruction. */
12299 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12301 unsigned long opcode
;
12304 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12305 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12306 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12308 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12309 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12312 /* No delay slot. */
12318 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12319 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12322 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12324 unsigned long opcode
;
12326 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12327 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12329 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12331 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12332 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12333 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12335 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12341 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12342 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12345 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12347 unsigned long opcode
;
12349 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12350 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12352 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12353 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12354 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12356 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12357 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12358 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12359 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12360 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12361 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12362 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12363 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12369 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12370 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12371 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12374 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12375 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12376 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12379 unsigned long opcode
;
12381 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12382 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12385 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12386 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12387 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12393 /* Bitsize checking. */
12394 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12395 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12396 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12400 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12401 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12402 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12405 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12406 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12407 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12408 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12410 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12413 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12414 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12417 if (link_info
->relocatable
12418 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12419 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12420 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12423 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12425 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12426 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12427 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12428 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12429 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12432 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12433 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12434 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12436 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12437 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12438 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12439 unsigned long opcode
;
12445 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12446 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12450 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12452 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12453 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12454 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12457 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12458 if (contents
== NULL
)
12460 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12461 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12462 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12463 /* Go get them off disk. */
12464 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12467 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12469 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12470 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12472 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12473 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12474 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12475 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12477 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12481 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12482 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12484 /* A local symbol. */
12485 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12488 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12489 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12490 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12491 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12492 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12493 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12494 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12496 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12497 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12498 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12499 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12500 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12504 unsigned long indx
;
12505 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12507 /* An external symbol. */
12508 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12509 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12510 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12512 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12513 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12514 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12515 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12516 regular reloc processing. */
12519 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12520 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12521 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12522 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12523 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12527 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12528 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12529 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12530 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12531 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12532 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12533 the linker is run. */
12535 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12536 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12539 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12541 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12542 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12544 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12547 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12548 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12549 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12551 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12553 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12554 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12555 out the offset). */
12556 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12558 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12559 unsigned long nextopc
;
12563 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12565 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12566 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12567 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12570 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12571 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12572 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12573 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12576 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12577 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12578 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12579 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12582 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12583 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12584 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12585 it through if so. */
12586 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12587 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12588 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12589 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12590 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12591 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12593 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12595 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12598 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12600 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12601 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12602 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12603 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12604 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12605 switch (offset
- 4)
12610 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12614 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12621 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12623 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12625 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12628 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12629 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12630 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12632 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12633 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12635 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12636 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12638 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12639 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12640 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12641 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12642 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12643 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12646 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12647 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12648 the PC-relative distance. */
12649 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12650 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12651 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12652 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12653 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12655 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12656 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12658 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12659 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12660 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12662 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12663 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12666 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12670 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12671 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12673 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12678 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12679 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12680 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12681 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12682 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12683 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12684 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12685 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12686 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12690 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12692 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12693 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12694 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12695 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12697 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12699 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12700 irel->offset + 4. */
12705 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12706 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12707 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12708 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12709 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12711 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12712 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12714 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12717 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12720 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12725 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12726 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12727 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12728 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12729 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12730 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12731 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12732 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12736 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12738 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12739 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12741 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12743 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12744 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12745 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12748 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12753 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12754 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12755 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12756 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12757 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12759 unsigned long n32opc
;
12760 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12762 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12764 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12766 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12767 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12771 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12773 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12775 (move_insn_16
.match
12776 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12777 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12782 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12783 instructions will be handled here later. */
12787 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12788 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12791 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12799 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12800 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12801 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12802 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12804 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12805 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12806 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12809 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12810 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12815 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12816 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12818 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12822 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12823 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12827 if (contents
!= NULL
12828 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12830 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12834 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12835 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12839 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12840 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12841 free (internal_relocs
);
12846 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12847 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12849 if (contents
!= NULL
12850 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12852 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12853 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12854 free (internal_relocs
);
12859 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12861 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12862 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12864 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12865 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12867 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12871 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12872 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12873 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12880 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12883 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12885 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12886 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12888 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12890 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
12893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12895 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
12896 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12897 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
12902 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12903 and copy relocs. */
12906 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12908 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12911 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12912 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12913 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12916 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12919 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
12920 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
12921 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
12922 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
12923 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
12924 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
12925 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12926 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12927 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
12928 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
12933 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12935 static const char * const secname
[] =
12937 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12938 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12940 static const int sc
[] =
12942 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
12943 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
12946 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12948 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12949 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12951 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
12954 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12956 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
12958 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
12962 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12963 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
12965 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12967 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12968 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12969 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
12970 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12971 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12972 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
12973 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
12974 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
12975 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
12976 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12977 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12978 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
12980 else if (info
->relocatable
)
12982 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
12984 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
12985 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12987 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
12990 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
12991 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
12995 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
12996 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
12997 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13001 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13003 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13005 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13006 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13007 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13009 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13011 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13013 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13014 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13015 the information together. */
13016 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13018 asection
*input_section
;
13020 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13023 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13025 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13030 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13031 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13033 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13034 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13037 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13039 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13040 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13041 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13042 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13043 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13045 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13046 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13047 finally written out. */
13049 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13050 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13051 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13054 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13055 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13057 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13058 matters, but someday it might). */
13059 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13064 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13066 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13069 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13070 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13071 the information together. */
13072 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13073 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13074 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13075 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13076 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13077 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13078 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13079 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13080 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13081 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13082 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13083 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13084 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13086 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13088 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13089 debug_info structure. */
13091 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13092 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13093 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13094 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13095 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13097 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13098 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13099 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13100 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13102 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13103 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13107 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13111 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13112 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13113 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13114 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13116 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13118 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13119 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13122 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13123 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13126 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13127 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13128 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13132 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13134 asection
*input_section
;
13136 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13137 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13141 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13143 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13148 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13149 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13151 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13153 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13154 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13155 want to deal with it. */
13159 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13160 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13162 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13164 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13165 read in the debugging information and set up an
13166 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13167 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13171 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13172 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13173 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13176 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13177 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13178 the linker global hash table and save the information
13179 for the output external symbols. */
13180 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13181 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13182 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13183 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13185 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13186 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13190 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13192 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13193 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13194 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13195 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13198 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13199 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13200 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13201 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13206 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13207 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13208 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13214 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13215 free (input_debug
.line
);
13216 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13217 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13218 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13219 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13220 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13221 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13222 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13223 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13224 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13225 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13227 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13228 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13229 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13232 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13234 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13235 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13236 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13238 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13239 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13241 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13244 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13245 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13249 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13255 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13258 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13260 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13261 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13262 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13266 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13267 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13269 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13270 matters, but someday it might). */
13271 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13276 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13278 const char *subname
;
13281 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13284 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13285 information describing how the small data area would
13286 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13287 not used in executables files. */
13288 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13290 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13292 asection
*input_section
;
13294 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13296 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13301 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13303 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13304 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13305 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13308 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13309 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13310 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13312 /* Really remove the section. */
13313 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13314 --abfd
->section_count
;
13319 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13320 uninitialized data. */
13321 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13322 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13323 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13327 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13328 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13329 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13330 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13334 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13335 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13336 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13337 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13338 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13339 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13340 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13342 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13343 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13345 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13346 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13347 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13350 /* Set up the first entry. */
13352 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13353 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13356 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13357 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13359 /* Combine the input sections. */
13360 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13362 asection
*input_section
;
13364 bfd_size_type size
;
13365 unsigned long last
;
13366 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13368 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13370 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13375 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13376 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13378 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13379 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13380 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13381 size
= input_section
->size
;
13383 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13385 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13387 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13388 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13394 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13395 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13396 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13402 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13404 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13405 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13408 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13410 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13411 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13413 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13419 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13422 /* We need a new table entry. */
13423 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13424 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13425 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13431 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13432 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13434 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13435 value, since that will be implied by this new
13438 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13440 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13442 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13443 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13447 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13448 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13453 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13456 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13457 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13458 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13461 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13463 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13465 /* Swap out the table. */
13466 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13467 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13468 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13474 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13475 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13478 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13479 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13481 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13482 matters, but someday it might). */
13483 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13487 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13488 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13491 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13493 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13495 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13497 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13498 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13502 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13504 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13505 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13507 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13510 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13513 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13515 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13516 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13517 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13521 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13523 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13524 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13525 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13529 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13531 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13532 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13534 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13535 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13536 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13544 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13546 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13547 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13551 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13552 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13554 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13555 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13556 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13557 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13558 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13560 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13561 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13562 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13563 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13564 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13566 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13567 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13569 /* R10000 extensions. */
13570 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13571 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13572 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13574 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13575 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13576 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13577 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13578 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13579 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13580 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13582 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13583 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13584 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13585 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13586 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13587 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13589 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13590 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13591 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13593 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13594 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13595 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13596 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13597 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13598 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13599 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13600 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13601 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13602 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13603 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13605 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13606 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13608 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13609 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13610 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13612 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13613 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13614 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13618 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13621 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13625 if (extension
== base
)
13628 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13629 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13632 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13633 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13636 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13637 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13639 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13640 if (extension
== base
)
13648 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13651 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13653 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13654 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13655 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13656 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13657 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13658 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13659 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13663 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13664 there are conflicting attributes. */
13666 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13668 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13669 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13672 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13673 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13674 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13675 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13677 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13679 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13680 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13682 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13684 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13689 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13690 non-conflicting ones. */
13691 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13692 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13694 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13695 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13696 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13697 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13698 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13701 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13705 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13706 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13711 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13712 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13717 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13718 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13719 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13724 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13725 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13726 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13727 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13733 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13737 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13738 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13743 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13744 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13749 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13750 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13751 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13756 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13757 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13758 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13759 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13765 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13771 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13772 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13777 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13778 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13779 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13780 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13786 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13790 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13791 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13792 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13797 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13798 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13799 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13804 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13805 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13810 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13811 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13812 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13813 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13819 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13823 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13824 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13825 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13826 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13831 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13832 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13833 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13834 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13839 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13840 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13841 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13842 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13847 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13848 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13849 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13850 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13855 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13856 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13857 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13858 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13859 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13866 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13867 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13872 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13873 object file when linking. */
13876 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13878 flagword old_flags
;
13879 flagword new_flags
;
13881 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13884 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13885 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13887 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13888 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13893 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
13896 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
13898 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13899 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13904 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
13907 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
13908 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13909 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
13911 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
13913 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
13914 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
13915 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13916 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
13918 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
13919 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
13920 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
13921 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
13923 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
13924 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
13931 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13933 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13934 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13936 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13937 doesn't seem to matter. */
13938 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13939 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13941 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13942 just be able to ignore this. */
13943 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13944 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13946 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13947 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13948 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13950 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
13953 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13954 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13955 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13956 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13958 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13959 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13960 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13961 not affect compatibility. */
13962 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
13963 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
13964 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
13966 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
13967 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
13968 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
13970 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
13974 if (null_input_bfd
)
13979 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
13980 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
13982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13983 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
13988 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
13989 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13990 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
13991 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
13993 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13994 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13996 /* Compare the ISAs. */
13997 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
13999 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14000 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14004 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14006 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14007 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14009 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14010 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14011 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14012 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14013 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14014 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14015 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14017 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14018 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14019 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14020 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14021 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14022 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14026 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14027 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14028 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14030 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14031 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14036 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14037 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14039 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14040 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14041 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14042 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14043 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14045 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14046 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14047 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14048 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14050 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14051 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14053 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14054 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14057 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14058 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14061 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14062 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14063 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14065 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14066 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14067 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14068 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14069 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14070 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14072 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14074 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14075 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14077 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14078 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14082 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14084 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14085 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14088 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14089 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14091 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14092 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14093 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14094 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14100 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14107 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14110 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14112 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14113 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14115 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14116 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14121 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14125 default: return "";
14126 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14127 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14128 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14129 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14130 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14131 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14132 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14133 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14134 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14135 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14136 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14137 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14139 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14140 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14141 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14142 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14143 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14144 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14145 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14146 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14147 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14148 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14149 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14150 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14151 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14152 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14153 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14154 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14155 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14156 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14157 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14158 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14159 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14160 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14161 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14162 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14163 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14164 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14165 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14166 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14167 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14168 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14169 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14170 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14171 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14172 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14173 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14174 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14175 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14176 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14177 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14178 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14179 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14180 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14181 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14182 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14183 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14184 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14185 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14186 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14187 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14188 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14189 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14190 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14191 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14192 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14193 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14194 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14195 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14196 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14197 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14198 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14199 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14200 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14201 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14202 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14203 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14204 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14205 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14206 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14207 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14208 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14209 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14210 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14211 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14212 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14213 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14214 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14215 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14220 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14224 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14226 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14227 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14229 /* xgettext:c-format */
14230 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14232 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14233 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14234 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14235 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14236 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14237 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14238 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14239 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14240 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14241 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14242 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14243 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14244 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14245 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14247 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14249 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14250 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14251 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14252 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14253 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14254 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14255 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14256 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14257 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14258 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14259 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14260 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14261 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14262 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14263 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14264 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14265 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14266 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14268 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14270 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14271 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14273 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14274 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14276 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14277 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14279 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14280 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14282 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14284 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14285 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14287 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14288 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14290 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14291 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14293 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14294 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14296 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14297 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14299 fputc ('\n', file
);
14304 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14306 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14307 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14308 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14309 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14312 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14315 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14316 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14317 definiton of the symbol. */
14319 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14320 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14321 bfd_boolean definition
,
14322 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14324 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14326 unsigned char other
;
14328 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14329 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14330 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14334 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14335 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14338 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14339 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14341 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14343 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14347 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14349 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14350 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14351 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14354 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14355 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14358 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14359 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14362 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14363 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14367 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14370 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14372 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14375 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14376 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14378 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14379 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;